blob: fbf48c6d7619547062f21649d3f1dd472c752c8d [file] [log] [blame]
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 May 05
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
938You can add them to your .vimrc: >
939 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
940<
941Enables TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable" >
942 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
943<
944Enables Stylus for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable"
945
946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
961
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000962BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000963
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200964The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000965for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
966are supported.
967
968Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
969in ones |.vimrc|: >
970 let baan_code_stds=1
971
972*baan-folding*
973
974Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
975mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
976source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
977
978To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
979 let baan_fold=1
980Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
981indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
982considered equal to a tab). >
983 let baan_fold_block=1
984Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000985SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
987 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000988Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000989the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
990.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
991 set foldminlines=5
992 set foldnestmax=6
993
994
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000995BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000996
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000997Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000998which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
999five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1000otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1001Basic.
1002
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001003If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1004example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1005 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1006
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001007
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001008C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001009
1010A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001011(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001012 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001013 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1014To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001016Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001018An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1019 :set filetype=cpp
1020
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001021Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001022*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1023*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001024*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1025*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001026*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1027*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1028*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001029 ...except { and } in first column
1030 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1031 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1033 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001034*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001035*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001036*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1037*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001038*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001039 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001040*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1041*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1042*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1043*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1044*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001045*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1046*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001047
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001048When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1049become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1050 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001051"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1052 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001053
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001054If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1055when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1056to a larger number: >
1057 :let c_minlines = 100
1058This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1059displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1060disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1061
1062When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1063works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1064you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1065
1066To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1067Example: >
1068 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1069 :function MyCadd()
1070 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1071 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1072 : hi link cMyItem Title
1073 :endfun
1074
1075ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1076"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1077not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1078highlighting: >
1079 :hi link cConstant NONE
1080
1081If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1082highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1083
1084If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001085in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001086~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001087 syn sync fromstart
1088 set foldmethod=syntax
1089
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001090CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001091
1092C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1093the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1094
1095By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1096of C or C++: >
1097 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1098
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001099
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001100CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101
1102Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1103that are available. Additionally there is:
1104
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1106chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1107chill_minlines like c_minlines
1108
1109
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001110CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001111
1112ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1113If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1114 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1115This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1116"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1117file).
1118
1119You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1120 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1121Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1122 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1123This works immediately.
1124
1125
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001126CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1127
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001128 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1129
1130Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1131but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1132|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1133syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001134>
1135 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001136 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1137 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001138 \ }
1139<
1140Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1141
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001142There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1143this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1144dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001145
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001146By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1147"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1148namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001150
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001151 *g:clojure_fold*
1152
1153Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1154list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1155the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1156
1157
1158 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1159
1160Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1161reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001162>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001163 #_(defn foo [x]
1164 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001165<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001166Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1167(e.g. `#_#_`).
1168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001170COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001171
1172COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1173development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1174versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1175add this line to your .vimrc: >
1176 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1177To disable it again, use this: >
1178 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1179
1180
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001181COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001182
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001183The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001184comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1185
1186 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1187
1188The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1189
1190
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001191CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1192
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001193Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001194
1195Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001196cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001197cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001198cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1199cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001200
1201
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001202CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203
1204This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1205used.
1206
1207Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1208symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1209between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001210"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1211>
1212 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213
1214For using tcsh: >
1215
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001216 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001217
1218Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1219tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001220will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001221"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1222variable.
1223
1224
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001225CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001226
1227Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001228hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001229or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001230normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001231line to your .vimrc file: >
1232
1233 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1234
1235Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1236
1237 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1238
1239To disable these again, use this: >
1240
1241 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1242 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1243<
1244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001245CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001246
1247Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1248doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1249startup vimrc: >
1250 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1251
1252
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001253DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1254
1255Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1256used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1257a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1258from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1259
1260More information about the language and its development environment at the
1261official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1262
1263dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1264type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1265and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1266framework.
1267
1268Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1269
1270https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1271
1272
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001273DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001274
1275Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001276according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001277https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1278To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1279 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1280Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1281To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1282 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1283g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001284
1285
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001286DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001287
1288The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1289there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1290
1291 :let diff_translations = 0
1292
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001293Also see |diff-slow|.
1294
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001295DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001296
1297The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1298provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1299the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1300versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1301uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1302line to your startup file: >
1303 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1304
1305
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001306DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001307DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1308DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001309
1310There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1311are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1312automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1313defaults to XML.
1314You can set the type manually: >
1315 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1316or: >
1317 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1318You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1319Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1320 :set filetype=docbksgml
1321or: >
1322 :set filetype=docbkxml
1323
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001324You can specify the DocBook version: >
1325 :let docbk_ver = 3
1326When not set 4 is used.
1327
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001328
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001329DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001330
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001331Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1332supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1333NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1334and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001335Select the version you want with the following line: >
1336
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001337 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001338
1339If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001340Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001341
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001342The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1343alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1344current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1345inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1346Stack Overflow -
1347
1348https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1349
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001350To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1351Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1352anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001353
1354 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1355
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001356If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1357block will be highlighted as an error.
1358
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001359There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001360"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1361is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001362
1363 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1364
1365If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1366
1367
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001368DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1369
1370Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001371(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1372idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001373
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001374There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1375explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1376Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001377 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1378or >
1379 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1380
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001381It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1382the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1383adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001384 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1385
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001386There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1387and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001388
1389Variable Default Effect ~
1390g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1391g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1392 doxygen comments.
1393
1394doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1395 and html_my_rendering underline.
1396
1397doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1398 colour highlighting.
1399
1400doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001401 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001402
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001403There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001404configuration.
1405
1406Highlight Effect ~
1407doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1408 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1409doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1410 \endlink from a \link section.
1411
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001412
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001413DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001414
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001415The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001416case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1417
1418 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1419
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001420The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001421this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1422
1423 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1424
1425before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1426Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1427'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1428Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1429highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001430delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001431
1432 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1433
1434The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1435
1436
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001437EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001438
1439While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001440syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1441highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001442highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1443
1444 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1445
1446Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1447
1448Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1449
1450 :let eiffel_strict=1
1451 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1452
1453Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1454five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1455"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1456
1457Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1458guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1459lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1460
1461If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1462"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1463
1464 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1465
1466instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1467
1468Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1469experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1470
1471 :let eiffel_ise=1
1472
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001473Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001474
1475 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1476
1477to your startup file.
1478
1479
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001480EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1481
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001482Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001483version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001484Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1485
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001486Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1487for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001488(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1489
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001490The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1491
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001492 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1493 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1494
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001495To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001496auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1497add the following line to your startup file: >
1498
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001499 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001500
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001501< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001502
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001503 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1504
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001505Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001506specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1507file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1508filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1509Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001510
1511
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001512ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001513
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001514Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001515the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001516
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001517The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1518put the following line in your vimrc: >
1519
1520 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1521
1522To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1523
1524 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001525
1526
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001527ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1528
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001529Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1530maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001531
1532The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1533
1534 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1535
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001536Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001537specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1538file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1539filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1540Elixir.
1541
1542
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001543FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1544
1545FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001546NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001547development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001548
1549Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1550syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1551editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1552start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1553'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1554(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1555and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1556
1557If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1558move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1559 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1560
1561
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001562FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001563
1564The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1565modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001566following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001567J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1568
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001569If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001570redefine the following syntax groups:
1571
1572 - formConditional
1573 - formNumber
1574 - formStatement
1575 - formHeaderStatement
1576 - formComment
1577 - formPreProc
1578 - formDirective
1579 - formType
1580 - formString
1581
1582Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1583directives per default in the same syntax group.
1584
1585A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001586header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001587this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1588
1589 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1590
1591The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001592gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001593conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1594
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001595Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1596should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1597the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1598
1599If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1600example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1601 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1602
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001603
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001604FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1605
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001606Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1607be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1608edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1609 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001610 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1611
1612
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001613FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614
1615Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001616Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1617choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16182023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
161990, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1620respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001621items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001622
1623The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1624fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1625the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001626
1627Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001628Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001629syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1630
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001631When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001632form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001633 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001634in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1635source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001636 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1637in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1638
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001639If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1640extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1641file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1642will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1643on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001644
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001645When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001646source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001647fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1648neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001649determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1650using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1651compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001652free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1653different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1654script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1655no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1656fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1657In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1658the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1659happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1660columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1661file.
1662
1663Vendor extensions ~
1664Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1665script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1666created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1667characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1668with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001669 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001670placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1671
1672If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1673set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1674 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1675placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1676
1677To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1678intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1679command such as >
1680 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1681placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001682
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001683Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001684Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001685fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001686Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001687using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001688variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1689 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001690placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001691mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1692
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001693Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001694Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1695fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001696 :let fortran_fold=1
1697to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1698is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001699subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1700units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1701constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1702fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001703 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001704then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001705select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1706be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001707
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001708The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1709comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1710non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1711or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001712items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001713
1714Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001715Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1716strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001717because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1718
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001719For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001720|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001721
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001722FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1723
1724FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1725dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1726for how to select the correct dialect.
1727
1728Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1729
1730Variable Highlight ~
1731*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1732*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1733*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1734*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1735
1736
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001737
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001738FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001739
1740In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1741the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1742appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1743patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1744number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1745
1746For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1747as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1748
1749 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1750 \ set filetype=fvwm
1751
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001752GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001753
1754The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1755the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1756is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1757are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1758
1759 htmlString
1760 htmlValue
1761 htmlEndTag
1762 htmlTag
1763 htmlTagN
1764
1765Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1766java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1767group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1768correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1769to the contains clause.
1770
1771The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1772group to make them easier to see.
1773
1774
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001775GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001776
1777The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001778under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001779of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1780filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1781(see |filetype.txt|).
1782
1783
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001784HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001785
1786The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001787Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001788syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1789
1790If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1791light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1792 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1793To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1794add: >
1795 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1796To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1797 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1798And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1799 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1800If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1801your .vimrc: >
1802 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1803
1804The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1805directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001806directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1807operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001808as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1809 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1810
1811The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1812automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1813TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001814or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001815in your .vimrc >
1816 :let lhs_markup = none
1817for no highlighting at all, or >
1818 :let lhs_markup = tex
1819to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1820For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1821this variable, so e.g. >
1822 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001823will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001824set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1825loading a file.
1826
1827
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001828HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001829
1830The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1831
1832The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1833This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001834closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1835are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001836
1837Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1838names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1839makes it easy to spot errors
1840
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001841Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001842names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1843
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001844Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001845are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1846text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1847while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001848only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001849<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001850
1851If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1852following syntax groups:
1853
1854 - htmlBold
1855 - htmlBoldUnderline
1856 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1857 - htmlUnderline
1858 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1859 - htmlItalic
1860 - htmlTitle for titles
1861 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1862
1863To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1864of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1865following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1866are read during initialization) >
1867 :let html_my_rendering=1
1868
1869If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1870http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1871
1872You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1873vimrc file: >
1874 :let html_no_rendering=1
1875
1876HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1877details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1878However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001879ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001880 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1881
1882JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1883'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001884programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1885currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001886
1887Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1888
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001889There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1890written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001891following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1892(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001893>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001894 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1895 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1896
1897Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1898the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1899
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001900 *html-folding*
1901The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1902and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1903
1904 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1905 :set foldmethod=syntax
1906
1907Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1908especially for large files.
1909
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001910
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001911HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001912
1913The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1914
1915Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1916doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1917this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1918different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1919 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1920
1921Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1922
1923Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1924signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1925a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1926 :set syntax=htmlos
1927
1928Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1929block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1930
1931
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001932IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001933
1934Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1935how to recognize this filetype.
1936
1937To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1938 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1939
1940
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001941INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001942
1943Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1944most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1945to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1946 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1947
1948By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1949and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1950you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1951need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1952 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1953
1954This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1955set of highlighted system functions.
1956
1957The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1958it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1959by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1960startup sequence: >
1961 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1962
1963By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1964version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1965Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1966startup sequence: >
1967 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1968
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001969IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1970
1971IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1972Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1973
1974IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1975rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001976repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001977
1978There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1979are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1980
1981The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1982
1983Variable Effect ~
1984
1985idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1986 extensions
1987idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1988idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1989 quite helpful)
1990idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1991
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001992
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001993JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001994
1995The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1996
1997In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1998flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001999classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2000old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002001 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2002
2003All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2004highlight them use: >
2005 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2006
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002007You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002008download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2009If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2010use the following: >
2011 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2012Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2013
2014Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002015how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016functions:
2017
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002018If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
2019a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002020 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002021 :let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
2022 :let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
2023 :let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
2024 :let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
2025 :let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
2026 :let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
2027 :let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
2028 :let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
2029Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002030However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002031supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is any
2032amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002034If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want function
2035declarations to be highlighted, create your own definitions by changing the
2036definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim that includes the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002037original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2038
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002039In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002040only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002041statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002042your startup file: >
2043 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2044The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002045characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002046new highlightings for the following groups.:
2047 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2048which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002049strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002050have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002051
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002052Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2053creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2054similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2055and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002056 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2057 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2058 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2059 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2060 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002061 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002062 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2063To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2064 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2065
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002066If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2067can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2068scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2069actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2070CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002071 :let java_javascript=1
2072 :let java_css=1
2073 :let java_vb=1
2074
2075In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2076for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2077 :hi link javaParen Comment
2078or >
2079 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2080
2081If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2082when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2083to a larger number: >
2084 :let java_minlines = 50
2085This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2086displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2087number is that redrawing can become slow.
2088
2089
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002090JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2091
2092The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2093default. To disable concealment: >
2094 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2095
2096To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2097 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2098
2099
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002100JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2101
2102To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2103 hi link jqNumber Normal
2104
2105If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2106 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2107
2108
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002109LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002110
2111Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2112style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2113define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2114 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2115
2116
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002117LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002118
2119Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2120gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2121 :syn sync minlines=300
2122may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2123difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2124
2125
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002126LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2127
2128To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2129
2130 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2131<
2132
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002133LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2134
2135The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2136
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002137 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002138 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2139 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002140 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002141 of parenthesization will receive different
2142 highlighting.
2143<
2144The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2145the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2146colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2147specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002148usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002149highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2150
2151
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002152LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002153
2154There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2155
2156If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2157
2158 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2159
2160For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2161set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2162
2163 :let lite_minlines = 200
2164
2165
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002166LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002167
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002168LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002169file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2170users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2171should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2172
2173 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2174
2175If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002176modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177
2178 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2179
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002180For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181
2182 // vim:set ft=c:
2183
2184If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2185
2186There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002187used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002188and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002189assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002190you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2191
2192 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2193
2194For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2195
2196 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2197
2198For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2199
2200 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2201
2202For uLPC series of LPC:
2203uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2204instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2205
2206
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002207LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002208
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002209The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002210the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2211lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022125.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002213
2214 :let lua_version = 5
2215 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002216
2217
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002218MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002219
2220Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002221quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002222signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2223whitespaces and end with a newline.
2224
2225Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002226as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2228
2229By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002230displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002231with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2232
2233 :let mail_minlines = 30
2234
2235
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002236MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002237
2238In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2239errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2240feature off by using: >
2241
2242 :let make_no_commands = 1
2243
2244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002245MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002246
2247Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2248supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2249The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2250highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2251
2252 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2253
2254to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2255choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22561, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2257$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2258
2259 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2260 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2261 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2262 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2263 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2264 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2265 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2266 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2267 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2268
2269
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002270MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2271
2272If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2273slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002274the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002275
2276 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2277
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002278If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2279documents you can enable like this: >
2280
2281 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2282
2283To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2284
2285 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2286
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002287
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002288MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002289
2290Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2291have the following in your .vimrc: >
2292
2293 let filetype_m = "mma"
2294
2295
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002296MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2297
2298Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2299dialect.
2300
2301The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2302
2303 taggedComment :=
2304 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2305 ;
2306
2307 dialectTag :=
2308 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2309 ;
2310
2311 reserved words
2312 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2313
2314A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2315lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2316additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2317
2318Example: >
2319
2320 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2321 ...
2322
2323Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2324dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2325defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2326
2327Example: >
2328
2329 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2330
2331
2332Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2333variables.
2334
2335Variable Highlight ~
2336*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2337*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2338*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2339
2340*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2341*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2342*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2343
2344*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2345
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002346MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002347
2348If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2349highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2350comments: >
2351
2352 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2353
2354To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2355
2356 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2357
2358To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2359'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2360
2361 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2362
2363Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2364
2365 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2366
2367To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2368
2369 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2370
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002371Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002372use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2373To enable this option: >
2374
2375 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2376
2377An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2378
2379 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2380
2381
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002382MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002383
2384There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2385
2386If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2387
2388 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2389
2390For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2391set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2392
2393 :let msql_minlines = 200
2394
2395
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002396N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2397
2398N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2399Couchbase Server databases.
2400
2401Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2402and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2403many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2404
2405
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002406NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002407
2408There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2409
2410If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2411errors, use this: >
2412
2413 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2414
2415If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2416
2417
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002418NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002419
2420The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2421activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2422can use them.
2423
2424For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002425processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002426features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2427|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002428
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002429 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002430
2431Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2432Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2433there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002434you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002435can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2436native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2437\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2438accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2439environments.
2440
2441In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2442follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2443
24441. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2445
24462. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2447 exclamation mark, etc.
2448
24493. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2450 carriage return.
2451
2452The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2453algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2454
2455Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2456furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2457vertical space input will be output as is.
2458
2459Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2460than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2461practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002462marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002463need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002464spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2465
2466 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2467
2468Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2469with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2470highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002471"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002472
2473 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2474 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2475 \ gui=reverse,bold
2476
2477If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2478with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2479file: >
2480
2481 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2482
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002483As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002484paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2485
2486Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2487groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2488
2489
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002490OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002491
2492The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2493.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2494
2495 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2496
2497you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2498by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2499
2500 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2501
2502prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2503contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2504
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002505PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2506
2507By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2508Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
2509To do so, set the following: >
2510
2511 :let g:markdown_md = 'pandoc'
2512
2513The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2514
2515 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2516
2517To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2518
2519 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2520
2521This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2522
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002523 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002524 - image
2525 - block
2526 - subscript
2527 - superscript
2528 - strikeout
2529 - atx
2530 - codeblock_start
2531 - codeblock_delim
2532 - footnote
2533 - definition
2534 - list
2535 - newline
2536 - dashes
2537 - ellipses
2538 - quotes
2539 - inlinecode
2540 - inlinemath
2541
2542You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2543footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2544
2545 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2546
2547To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2548
2549 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2550
2551Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2552Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2553and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2554
2555 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2556
2557Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2558specified. Default = 1 >
2559
2560 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2561
2562For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2563list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2564can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2565
2566 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2567
2568To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2569
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002570 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002571
2572"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2573you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2574
2575To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2576
2577 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2578
2579Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2580Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2581
2582 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2583
2584The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2585
2586 :PandocHighlight LANG
2587
2588Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2589syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2590
2591 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2592
2593Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002594
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002595PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002596
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002597The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002598and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002599as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2600sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002601you set the variable: >
2602
2603 :let papp_include_html=1
2604
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002605in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002606sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002607edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002608
2609The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2610http://papp.plan9.de.
2611
2612
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002613PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002614
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002615Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2616could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2617or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002618
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002619 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2620 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002621
2622The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2623provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002624Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002625enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2626following line to your startup file: >
2627
2628 :let pascal_traditional=1
2629
2630To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2631keywords, etc): >
2632
2633 :let pascal_delphi=1
2634
2635
2636The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2637*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2638operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2639
2640 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2641
2642Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2643
2644 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2645
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002646Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2648match Turbo Pascal. >
2649
2650 :let pascal_gpc=1
2651
2652or >
2653
2654 :let pascal_fpc=1
2655
2656To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2657pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2658
2659 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2660
2661If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2662will be highlighted as Error. >
2663
2664 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2665
2666
2667
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002668PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002669
2670There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2671
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002672Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2673to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2674files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002675
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002676 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002677
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002678To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002679off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002680
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002681To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2682from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002683
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002684 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002685
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002686(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2687enabled it.)
2688
2689If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2690
2691 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2692
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002693(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002695The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2696be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002697perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2698
2699 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2700 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2701 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2702
2703(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2704
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002705The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002706synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2707If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002708then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2709you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002710
2711One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2712
2713 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2714 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2715
2716Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2717its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2718
2719 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2720
2721If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2722
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002723 :let perl_fold = 1
2724
2725If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2726
2727 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002728
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002729Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2730this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002731
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002732 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002733
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002734Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2735via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002736
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002737 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2738
2739Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2740behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2741
2742 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002743
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002744PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002745
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002746[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002747it has been renamed to "php"]
2748
2749There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2750
2751If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2752
2753 let php_sql_query = 1
2754
2755For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2756
2757 let php_baselib = 1
2758
2759Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2760
2761 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2762
2763Using the old colorstyle: >
2764
2765 let php_oldStyle = 1
2766
2767Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2768
2769 let php_asp_tags = 1
2770
2771Disable short tags: >
2772
2773 let php_noShortTags = 1
2774
2775For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2776
2777 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2778
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002779For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002780one: >
2781
2782 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2783
2784Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2785
2786 let php_folding = 1
2787
2788Selecting syncing method: >
2789
2790 let php_sync_method = x
2791
2792x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2793x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2794x = 0 to sync from start.
2795
2796
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002797PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2798
2799TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2800variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002801see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002802
2803This syntax file has the option >
2804
2805 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2806
2807if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2808
2809
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002810PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002811
2812PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2813
2814This syntax file has the options:
2815
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002816- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002817 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002818
2819 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002820 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002821
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002822 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002823 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002824 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002825
2826 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2827
2828- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2829 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2830
2831
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002832PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002833
2834There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2835
2836If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2837
2838 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2839
2840For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2841set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2842
2843 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2844
2845
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002846POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002847
2848There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2849
2850First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2851currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2852and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2853Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2854extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2855level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2856highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2857
2858 :let postscr_level=2
2859
2860If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2861the most prevalent version currently.
2862
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002863Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002864particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2865PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2866
2867If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2868Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2869follows: >
2870
2871 :let postscr_display=1
2872
2873If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2874Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2875postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2876
2877 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2878
2879PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2880useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2881cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2882character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2883explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2884highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2885
2886 :let postscr_fonts=1
2887 :let postscr_encodings=1
2888
2889There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2890PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2891operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2892if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2893operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2894or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2895highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2896postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2897
2898 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2899<
2900
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002901 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2902PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002903
2904This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2905
2906In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2907the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2908appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2909patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2910"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2911
2912For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2913files, add the following: >
2914
2915 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2916 \ set filetype=ptcap
2917
2918If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2919are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2920internal variable to a larger number: >
2921
2922 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2923
2924(The default is 20 lines.)
2925
2926
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002927PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002928
2929Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2930doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2931startup vimrc: >
2932 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2933The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2934Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2935 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2936 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2937
2938
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002939PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002940
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002941There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002942
2943For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002944 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002945
2946For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002947 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002948
2949For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002950 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2951
2952For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2953 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2954or >
2955 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002956The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002957
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002958For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002959 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002960
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002961If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002962 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002963This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2964unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002965
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002966If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2967you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002968Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2969 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002970This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2971
2972Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2973 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2974
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002975
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002976QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002977
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002978The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2979based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2980between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2981definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2982to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2983be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002984
2985set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2986 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2987
2988set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2989 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2990
2991set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2992 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2993
2994Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2995commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2996
2997
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002998R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2999
3000The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3001can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3002 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3003
3004You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3005 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3006
3007enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3008braces: >
3009 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3010
3011and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3012 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3013
3014
3015R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3016
3017To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3018 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3019
3020To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3021 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3022
3023To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3024 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3025
3026By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003027language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3028highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3029is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3030behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3031and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3032 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3033 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3034 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3035 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3036 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3037
3038If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3039list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3040the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003041 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3042
3043
3044R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3045
3046To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3047 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3048
3049
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003050READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003051
3052The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003053few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003054items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3055command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3056 let readline_has_bash = 1
3057
3058This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3059later, and part earlier) adds.
3060
3061
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003062REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3063
3064Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3065language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3066the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3067
3068
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003069RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3070
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003071Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3072select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3073syntax list.
3074
3075To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003076 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003077
3078To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3079`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3080 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003081 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3082 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003083 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003084 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003085
3086To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3087 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3088
3089To enable folding of sections: >
3090 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3091
3092Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3093
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003094
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003095REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003096
3097If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3098when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3099to a larger number: >
3100 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3101This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3102displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3103number is that redrawing can become slow.
3104
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003105Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3106comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3107your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3108>
3109 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3110
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003112RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003113
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003114 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3115 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3116 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3117 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3118 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3119
3120 *ruby_operators*
3121 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3122
3123Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3124
3125 :let ruby_operators = 1
3126<
3127 *ruby_space_errors*
3128 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3129
3130Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3131
3132 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3133<
3134This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3135as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3136"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3137spaces respectively.
3138
3139 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3140 Ruby: Folding ~
3141
3142Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3143
3144 :let ruby_fold = 1
3145<
3146This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3147buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3148filetypes.
3149
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003150Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3151"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3152
3153You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3154
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003155 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003156<
3157The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3158
3159 keyword meaning ~
3160 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3161 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3162 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003163 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003164 def "def" block
3165 class "class" block
3166 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003167 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003168 begin "begin" block
3169 case "case" block
3170 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003171 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3172 [ Array literal
3173 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3174 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003175 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003176 : Symbol
3177 # Multiline comment
3178 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003179 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3180
3181 *ruby_no_expensive*
3182 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003183
3184By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003185of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003186experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3187you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003188
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003189 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003190<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003191In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3192
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003193 *ruby_minlines*
3194
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003195If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3196scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3197the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003198
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003199 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003200<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003201Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3202largest class or module.
3203
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003204 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3205 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003206
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003207Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3208"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003209
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003210 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003211<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003212
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003213SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003214
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003215By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003216
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003217scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3218Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003219
3220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003221SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003222
3223The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3224of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3225
3226The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3227case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003228used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003229highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3230 :let sdl_2000=1
3231
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003232This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003233keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3234 :let SDL_no_96=1
3235
3236
3237The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3238satisfied with it for my own projects.
3239
3240
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003241SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003242
3243To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003244highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003245
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003246 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3247<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003248in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3249inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3250by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3251also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3252you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3253
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003254GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3255comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3256comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3257
3258 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3259<
3260Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3261not (yet) affected by this setting.
3262
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003263Bugs:
3264
3265 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3266 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3267 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3268 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3269 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3270 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3271
3272
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003273SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003274
3275The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3276
3277The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3278This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3279closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3280defined for you)
3281
3282Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3283names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3284
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003285Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003286names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3287
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003288Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003289are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3290text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3291<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3292
3293If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3294following syntax groups:
3295
3296 - sgmlBold
3297 - sgmlBoldItalic
3298 - sgmlUnderline
3299 - sgmlItalic
3300 - sgmlLink for links
3301
3302To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3303following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3304are read during initialization) >
3305 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3306
3307You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3308vimrc file: >
3309 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3310
3311(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3312
3313
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003314 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003315SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003317This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3318shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003319
3320Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003321various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003322
3323 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3324 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3325<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003326See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3327cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3328/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3329that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3330shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3331symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003332
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003333One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003334variables in your <.vimrc>:
3335
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003336 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003337 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003338< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003339 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003340< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003341 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003342< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003343 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003344
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003345< (dash users should use posix)
3346
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003347If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3348default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003349the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3350statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003351sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003352
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003353The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3354
3355 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3356 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3357 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3358 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003359>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003360then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003361syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3362to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003363
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003364 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3365
3366If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3367when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003368to a larger number. Example: >
3369
3370 let sh_minlines = 500
3371
3372This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3373displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3374number is that redrawing can become slow.
3375
3376If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3377reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3378
3379 let sh_maxlines = 100
3380<
3381The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3382speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3383
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003384syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003385unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003386for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3387the following line in your .vimrc: >
3388
3389 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3390<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003391
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003392 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3393 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003394
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003395You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3396Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3397file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3398
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003399 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003400 " ==============
3401 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3402 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3403 unlet b:current_syntax
3404 endif
3405 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3406 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3407 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3408 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3409 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3410<
3411This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3412 awk '...awk code here...'
3413be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3414extended to other languages.
3415
3416
3417SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3418(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003419
3420The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3421
3422- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3423 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3424 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3425
3426- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3427 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003428 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003429 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3430 them in the syntax file.
3431
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003432- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003433 highlighting of # style comments.
3434
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003435 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003436 number of #s.
3437
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003438 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003439 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003440
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003441 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003442 more than one #.
3443
3444Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003445PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003446fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3447the syntax file.
3448
3449
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003450SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3451 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003452 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003453
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003454While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3455custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3456SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003457
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003458Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3459scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3460supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3461buffer by buffer basis.
3462
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003463For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003464
3465
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003466SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3467
3468Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3469designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3470bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3471with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3472
3473
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003474TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003475
3476This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3477for how the filetype is detected.
3478
3479Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003480is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3481add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003482
3483 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3484
3485If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3486when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3487to a larger number: >
3488
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003489 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003490
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003491This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3492displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3493synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3494tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3495redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003496
3497
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003498TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003499 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003500
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003501 Tex Contents~
3502 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3503 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3504 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3505 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3506 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3507 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3508 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3509 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3510 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3511 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3512 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3513 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3514 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003515 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003516 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003517
3518 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003519 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003520
3521As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3522sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3523 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3524in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3525modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3526 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003527If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003528 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003529<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003530 *g:tex_nospell*
3531 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3532
3533If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3534 let g:tex_nospell=1
3535into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3536comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3537
3538 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003539 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003540
3541Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3542prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3543this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3544 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003545If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3546see |g:tex_nospell|.
3547
3548 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003549 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003550
3551Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3552one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3553want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3554 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003555<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003556 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003557 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003558
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003559The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3560highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3561texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3562terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3563as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003564special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3565 %stopzone
3566which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3567texMathZone.
3568
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003569 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003570 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003571
3572If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3573 :syn sync maxlines=200
3574 :syn sync minlines=50
3575(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003576increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003577if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3578
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003579Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3580|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3581
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003582 *g:tex_fast*
3583
3584Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3585
3586 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3587
3588in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3589highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3590synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3591price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3592folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3593
3594You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3595selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3596
3597 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3598 c : allow texComment syntax
3599 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3600 M : allow texMath syntax
3601 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3602 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3603 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3604 S : allow texStyle syntax
3605 v : allow verbatim syntax
3606 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3607<
3608As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3609but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003610(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003611
3612 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003613 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003614
3615LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3616of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3617package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3618it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3619techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003620by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3621which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3622http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003623
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003624I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3625
3626 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3627<
3628The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3629
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003630 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003631 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003632
3633The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3634although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3635errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3636you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003637 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003638and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003639
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003640 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003641 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003642
3643If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3644code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003645 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3646You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3647(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3648As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3649 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3650You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3651and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3652The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3653has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003654
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003655 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003656 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003657
3658One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3659commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3660following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3661such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3662
3663 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3664 :set ft=tex
3665
3666Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3667always accept such use of @.
3668
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003669 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003670 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003671
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003672If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3673number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3674including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3675superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3676superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3677In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3678
3679One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3680with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003681
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003682 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003683 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3684
3685You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003686<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3687for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003688
3689 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003690 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003691 d = delimiters
3692 m = math symbols
3693 g = Greek
3694 s = superscripts/subscripts
3695<
3696By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3697substitution will not be made.
3698
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003699 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3700 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3701
3702Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3703keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3704syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3705
3706 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3707 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3708 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003709 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003710 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3711 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3712 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003713 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003714
3715 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3716 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3717
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003718 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3719 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3720
3721 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3722
3723 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3724 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3725
3726 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3727 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3728 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3729 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3730
3731 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3732 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3733<
3734 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3735 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3736 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3737< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3738 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3739
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003740 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3741 Tex: Match Check Control~
3742
3743 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003744 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3745 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003746 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3747 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3748 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3749< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3750 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3751 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3752< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3753 regions, >
3754 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3755< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003756
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003757TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003758
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003759There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3760
3761For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3762set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3763
3764 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3765<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003766VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3767 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003768There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003769updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3770g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3771improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003772
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003773 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3774 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3775<
3776 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3777 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003778
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003779 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3780The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3781embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003782
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003783 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3784 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003785 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3786 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3787 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3788 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3789 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003790<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003791By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3792itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3793of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3794and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003795 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003796
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003797Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003798
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003799 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3800 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3801 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003802 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3803 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003804 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003805 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3806 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3807 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3808 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3809 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003810let g:vimsyn_folding = 'acfhlmpPrt'
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003811<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003812 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003813Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3814is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003815highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003816
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003817 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3818<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003819
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003820
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003821WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3822
3823The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3824with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3825bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3826https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3827
3828
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003829XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003830
3831The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3832variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3833You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3834xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3835your .vimrc. Example: >
3836 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3837When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3838
3839Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3840"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3841highlighted.
3842
3843
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003844XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003845
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003846Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003847setting a global variable: >
3848
3849 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3850<
3851 *xml-folding*
3852The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003853start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003854
3855 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3856 :set foldmethod=syntax
3857
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003858Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003859especially for large files.
3860
3861
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003862X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003863
3864xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3865XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3866you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3867
3868To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3869somewhere else with "P".
3870
3871Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3872 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003873 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003874 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003875 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3876 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003877 :endfunction
3878 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3879 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3880This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3881It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3882must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3883
3884It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3885 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3886
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003887
3888YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3889
3890 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003891A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3892non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3893plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3894and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3895integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003896will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3897
3898Schema Description ~
3899failsafe No additional highlighting.
3900json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3901core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003902pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3903 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3904 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003905 schema.
3906
3907Default schema is `core`.
3908
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003909Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3910only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003911difference defined in the syntax file.
3912
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003913
3914ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3915
3916The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3917
3918 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3919
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003920==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010039216. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003922
3923Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3924
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039251. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003926 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3927 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3928 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3929 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3930 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3931 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003932
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039332. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003934 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3935
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039363. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003937 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3938 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3939 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3940
3941Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3942you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3943to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3944and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3945"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3946one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3947This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3948each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3949for a lot of groups.
3950
3951Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3952group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3953for the syntax group with the same name.
3954
3955In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3956defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3957using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3958match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3959keyword with ignoring case.
3960
3961
3962PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3963
3964When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3965
39661. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3967 defined last has priority.
39682. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
39693. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3970 start in later positions.
3971
3972
3973DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3974
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003975:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003976 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3977 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3978 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3979 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3980
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003981:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003982 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003983
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003984
3985DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3986
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003987:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3988:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003989 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3990 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3991
3992 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3993 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3994
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003995 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003996 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3997 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3998 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3999
4000:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004001 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4002 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004003
4004 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4005
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004006SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4007
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004008:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4009:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4010:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004011 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4012 in a syntax item:
4013
4014 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4015 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4016 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4017
4018 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4019 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4020 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4021
4022 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4023
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004024:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004025 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4026 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004027
4028
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004029SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4030
4031:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4032 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4033 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4034
4035 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4036 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004037 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004038
4039 Example: >
4040 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4041<
4042 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4043 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4044 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4045
4046 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4047
4048 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004049 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004050 match.
4051
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004052 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4053 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004054 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004055
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004056DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4057
4058:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4059
4060 This defines a number of keywords.
4061
4062 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4063 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4064 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4065
4066 Example: >
4067 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4068<
4069 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4070 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4071 These examples do exactly the same: >
4072 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4073 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4074 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004075< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004076 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4077 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4078 variations at once: >
4079 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4080<
4081 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4082 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4083 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4084 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4085 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004086 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004087
4088 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4089 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4090 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4091
4092 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4093 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4094 instead.
4095
4096 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4097
4098 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4099 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4100 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004101 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004102 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4103 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4104< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4105 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4106 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4107
4108
4109DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4110
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004111:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4112 [excludenl]
4113 [keepend]
4114 {pattern}
4115 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004116
4117 This defines one match.
4118
4119 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4120 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4121 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4122 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4123 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004124 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4125 match with the end pattern. See
4126 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004127 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4128 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4129 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4130 line, which makes the match depend on where
4131 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4132 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4133
4134 Example (match a character constant): >
4135 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4136<
4137
4138DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4139 *E398* *E399*
4140:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4141 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4142 [keepend]
4143 [extend]
4144 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004145 start={start-pattern} ..
4146 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4147 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004148 [{options}]
4149
4150 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4151
4152 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4153 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4154 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4155 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4156 for the text in between the matched start and
4157 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4158 a different group for the start or end match.
4159 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4160 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4161 match with the end pattern. See
4162 |:syn-keepend|.
4163 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004164 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004165 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4166 extend a containing match or item. Only
4167 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4168 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004169 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004170 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004171 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004172 the region where not to look for the end
4173 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004174 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004175 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4176
4177 Example: >
4178 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4179<
4180 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4181 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4182 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4183 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4184 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4185 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4186
4187 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4188 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4189 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4190 the end patterns.
4191
4192 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4193 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4194 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4195
4196 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4197 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4198 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4199 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4200
4201 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4202 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4203 work: >
4204 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4205 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4206< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4207 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4208 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4209 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4210 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4211< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4212 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4213
4214 *:syn-keepend*
4215 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4216 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4217 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4218 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4219 { starts outer "{}" region
4220 { starts contained "{}" region
4221 } ends contained "{}" region
4222 } ends outer "{} region
4223 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4224 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4225 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4226 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4227 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4228 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4229 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4230< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4231 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4232
4233 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4234 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4235 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4236 contained matches.
4237 *:syn-extend*
4238 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4239 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4240 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4241 extended.
4242 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4243 others don't. Example: >
4244
4245 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4246 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4247 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4248
4249< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4250 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4251 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4252
4253 Another example: >
4254 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4255< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4256 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4257 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4258 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4259 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4260
4261 *:syn-excludenl*
4262 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4263 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4264 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4265 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4266 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4267 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4268 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4269 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4270 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4271 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4272 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4273 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4274 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4275
4276 *:syn-matchgroup*
4277 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4278 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4279 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4280< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4281 between with the "String" group.
4282 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4283 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4284 using a matchgroup.
4285
4286 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4287 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4288 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4289 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4290 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4291
4292 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4293 different colors: >
4294 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4295 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4296 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4297 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4298 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4299 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004300<
4301 *E849*
4302The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004303
4304==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043057. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004306
4307The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4308The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4309and may be mixed with patterns.
4310
4311Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4312can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004313 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004314 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4315:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4316:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4317:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004318
4319These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004320 conceal
4321 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004322 contained
4323 containedin
4324 nextgroup
4325 transparent
4326 skipwhite
4327 skipnl
4328 skipempty
4329
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004330conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4331
4332When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004333Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004334'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4335concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4336edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004337
4338Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4339bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004340
4341concealends *:syn-concealends*
4342
4343When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4344the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4345Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4346'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004347in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4348|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4349items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004350
4351cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004352 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004353The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4354when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4355argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004356character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4357a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004358 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004359See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004360
4361contained *:syn-contained*
4362
4363When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4364the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4365another match. Example: >
4366 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4367 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4368
4369
4370display *:syn-display*
4371
4372If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4373detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4374by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4375to be displayed.
4376
4377Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4378conditions:
4379- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4380 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4381 line.
4382- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4383 make it continue on the next line.
4384- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4385 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4386 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4387- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4388 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4389 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4390 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4391
4392Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4393- match with a number
4394- match with a label
4395
4396
4397transparent *:syn-transparent*
4398
4399If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4400itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4401is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4402only to skip over a part of the text.
4403
4404The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4405unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4406avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4407highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4408 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4409 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4410 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4411 :hi link myString String
4412 :hi link myWord Comment
4413Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4414match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4415argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4416it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4417out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004418"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004419happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4420position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4421
4422When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4423items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4424see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4425through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4426
4427 look from here
4428
4429 | | | | | |
4430 V V V V V V
4431
4432 xxxx yyy more contained items
4433 .................... contained item (transparent)
4434 ============================= first item
4435
4436The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4437transparent group.
4438
4439What you see is:
4440
4441 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4442
4443Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4444
4445
4446oneline *:syn-oneline*
4447
4448The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4449boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4450region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4451the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4452continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4453line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4454
4455When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4456pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4457end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4458means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4459be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4460line break.
4461
4462
4463fold *:syn-fold*
4464
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004465The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004466Example: >
4467 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4468 :syn sync fromstart
4469 :set foldmethod=syntax
4470This will make each {} block form one fold.
4471
4472The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4473ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4474The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004475See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4476from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004477{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4478
4479
4480 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004481contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004482
4483The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4484groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4485containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4486regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4487this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4488here.
4489
4490contains=ALL
4491 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4492 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4493
4494contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4495 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4496 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4497 are listed. Example: >
4498 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4499
4500contains=TOP
4501 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4502 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4503 argument.
4504contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4505 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4506
4507contains=CONTAINED
4508 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4509 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4510 argument.
4511contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4512 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4513 listed.
4514
4515
4516The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4517that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4518The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4519 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4520The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4521that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4522command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4523syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4524the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4525group names.
4526
4527The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4528region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4529|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4530region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4531area that is highlighted
4532
4533
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004534containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004535
4536The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4537item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4538containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4539
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004540The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004541
4542This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4543be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4544of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4545the C syntax: >
4546 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4547Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4548level.
4549
4550Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4551appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4552keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4553work.
4554
4555
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004556nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004557
4558The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4559separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4560
4561If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4562tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4563a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4564will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4565current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4566other groups. Example: >
4567 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4568 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4569 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4570
4571This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4572"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4573highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4574
4575 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4576 fff bbb fff bbb
4577
4578Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4579when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4580highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4581would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4582
4583
4584skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4585skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4586skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4587
4588These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4589used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004590 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004591 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4592 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4593
4594When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4595next group that matches the white space.
4596
4597When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4598line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4599line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4600the current item in the same line.
4601
4602When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4603groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4604for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4605space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4606
4607Example: >
4608 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4609 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4610 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4611Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4612match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4613precedence.
4614Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4615"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4616example).
4617
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004618IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4619
4620:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4621 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4622 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4623 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4624 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4625 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4626 given explicitly.
4627
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004628:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004629 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004630
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004631==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046328. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004633
4634In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4635characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4636use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4637use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4638 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4639 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4640
4641See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004642always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004643value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4644not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4645independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4646
4647Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4648This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4649
4650 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4651The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4652change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4653match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4654are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4655pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4656
4657The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4658The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4659
4660ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4661me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4662hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4663he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4664rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4665re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4666lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4667
4668The {offset} can be:
4669
4670s start of the matched pattern
4671s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4672s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4673e end of the matched pattern
4674e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4675e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004676{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004677
4678Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4679
4680Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4681meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4682
4683 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4684match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4685region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4686region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4687region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4688
4689Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4690 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4691<
4692 some "string" text
4693 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4694
4695Notes:
4696- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4697 offset(s).
4698- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4699- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4700 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004701- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004702 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004703 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004704- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4705 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4706 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4707
4708Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4709 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4710<
4711 /* this is a comment */
4712 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4713
4714A more complicated Example: >
4715 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4716<
4717 abcfoostringbarabc
4718 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004719 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004720
4721Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4722
4723Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4724with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004725in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004726
4727The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4728be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4729cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4730characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4731used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4732specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4733
4734 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4735 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4736 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4737<
4738 ___zzzz ___wwww
4739 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4740 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4741 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4742
4743The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4744unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4745
4746
4747Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4748
4749The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4750expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4751
4752When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4753allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004754following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4755the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004756
4757The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4758continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4759matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4760halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4761previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4762is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4763 x x a
4764 b x x
4765Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4766after the "\n".
4767
4768
4769External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4770
4771These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4772
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004773 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004774 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4775 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4776 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004777
4778 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4779 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4780 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4781 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4782
4783Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4784sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4785shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4786items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4787referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4788example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4789 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4790
4791As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4792it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004793changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004794first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4795also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004796 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004797
4798Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4799indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4800to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4801Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4802within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4803sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4804the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4805
4806Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4807cannot be referred to.
4808
4809==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048109. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004811
4812:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4813 [add={group-name}..]
4814 [remove={group-name}..]
4815
4816This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4817single name.
4818
4819 contains={group-name}..
4820 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4821 add={group-name}..
4822 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4823 remove={group-name}..
4824 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4825
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004826A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4827nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4828this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004829
4830Example: >
4831 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4832 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4833
4834As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4835retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4836to speak: >
4837 :syntax keyword A aaa
4838 :syntax keyword B bbb
4839 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4840 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4841 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4842
4843This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4844 :syntax keyword A aaa
4845 :syntax keyword B bbb
4846 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4847 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4848 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4849 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4850 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004851<
4852 *E848*
4853The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004854
4855==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100485610. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004857
4858It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4859a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4860two different ways:
4861
4862 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4863 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4864 the |:runtime| command: >
4865
4866 " In cpp.vim:
4867 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4868 :unlet b:current_syntax
4869
4870< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4871 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4872 ":syntax include" command:
4873
4874:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4875
4876 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4877 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4878 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4879 that list. >
4880
4881 " In perl.vim:
4882 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4883 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4884<
4885 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4886 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4887 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4888 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4889 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004890 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4891 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004892
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004893 *E847*
4894The maximum number of includes is 999.
4895
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004896==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100489711. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004898
4899Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4900make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4901redrawing starts.
4902
4903:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4904
4905There are four ways to synchronize:
49061. Always parse from the start of the file.
4907 |:syn-sync-first|
49082. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4909 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4910 |:syn-sync-second|
49113. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4912 |:syn-sync-third|
49134. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4914 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4915
4916 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4917For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4918limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4919
4920If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4921that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4922lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4923
4924If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4925for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4926adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4927slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004928 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004929<
4930 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4931When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4932cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4933start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4934the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4935break use this: >
4936 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4937The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4938change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4939value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4940
4941
4942First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4943>
4944 :syntax sync fromstart
4945
4946The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4947accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4948so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004949when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004950case: to the end of the file).
4951
4952Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4953
4954
4955Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4956
4957For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4958Example: >
4959 :syntax sync ccomment
4960
4961When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4962comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4963used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4964An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4965 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4966This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4967used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4968region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4969
4970The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4971lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4972lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4973lines, but it hard to sync on).
4974
4975Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4976that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4977is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4978chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4979is hardly ever noticed.
4980
4981
4982Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4983
4984For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4985Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4986means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4987Example: >
4988 :syntax sync minlines=50
4989
4990"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4991
4992
4993Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4994
4995The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4996sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4997region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4998starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4999the search continues backwards in the file.
5000
5001This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5002matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5003- Keywords cannot be used.
5004- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5005 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5006- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5007 forwards.
5008- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5009 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5010 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005011 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005012- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5013 group of continued lines).
5014- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5015 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5016 line (or group of continued lines).
5017- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5018 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
5019 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5020 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5021
5022There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
50231. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5024 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5025 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5026 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
50272. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5028 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5029 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5030 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5031Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5032
5033Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5034avoid finding unwanted matches.
5035
5036[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5037search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5038highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5039faster.]
5040
5041 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5042 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5043
5044 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5045 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5046 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5047 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5048 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5049
5050 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5051 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5052
5053 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5054 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5055 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5056 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5057 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5058 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5059 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5060 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5061 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5062 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5063
5064 :syntax sync match ..
5065 :syntax sync region ..
5066
5067 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5068 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5069
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005070 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005071 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5072
5073 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5074 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5075 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5076
5077If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5078searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5079few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5080 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5081
5082You can clear all sync settings with: >
5083 :syntax sync clear
5084
5085You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5086 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5087
5088==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100508912. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005090
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005091This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005092
5093 :sy[ntax] [list]
5094
5095To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5096
5097 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5098
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005099To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005100
5101 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5102
5103See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5104
5105Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5106is mostly used, because it looks better.
5107
5108==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100510913. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005110
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005111In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005112and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5113of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005114
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005115 colorscheme pablo
5116<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005117 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005118:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5119 This is basically the same as >
5120 :echo g:colors_name
5121< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5122 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5123 feature it will output "unknown".
5124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005125:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005126 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005127 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005128 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5129 "start" and then under "opt".
5130
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005131 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005132 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005133
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005134You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5135appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5136the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5137darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005138
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005139 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5140 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005141<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005142For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5143use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5144the original color scheme: >
5145 runtime colors/evening.vim
5146 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005147
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005148Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5149(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5150autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5151|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5152
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005153 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005154If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5155using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5156color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5157 augroup my_colorschemes
5158 au!
5159 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5160 augroup END
5161
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005162Change a couple more colors: >
5163 augroup my_colorschemes
5164 au!
5165 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005166 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005167 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5168 augroup END
5169
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005170If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5171colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5172 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5173 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5174
5175With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5176different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5177group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5178you can find them here:
5179https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5180
5181For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5182 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5183
5184
5185==============================================================================
518614. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5187
5188There are three types of highlight groups:
5189- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5190 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5191 linked to a group of the second type.
5192- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5193- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5194 *hitest.vim*
5195You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5196 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5197This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5198in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005199
5200:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5201 attributes set.
5202
5203:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5204 List one highlight group.
5205
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005206 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005207:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005208 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005209 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5210 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005211 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005212
5213:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5214:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5215 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5216 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5217
5218:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5219 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005220 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005221 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005222 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005223 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5224 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5225 argument.
5226
5227Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5228default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5229highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5230values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5231the default value.
5232
5233A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5234a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5235
5236 :hi Comment gui=bold
5237
5238Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5239specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5240result is like this single command has been used: >
5241 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5242<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005243 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005244When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5245also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5246 :verbose hi Comment
5247< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005248 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005249
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005250When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5251mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005252
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005253 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5254There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5255term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005256cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005257 termcap entry)
5258gui the GUI
5259
5260For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5261the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5262
52631. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5264
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005265 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005266 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5267 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5268 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005269term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005270 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005271 following items (in any order):
5272 bold
5273 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005274 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005275 underdouble not always available
5276 underdotted not always available
5277 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005278 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005279 reverse
5280 inverse same as reverse
5281 italic
5282 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005283 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005284 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5285
5286 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5287 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005288 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005289 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005290 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005291 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5292 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5293 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5294 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5295 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5296
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005297< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5298 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5299 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5300 have to specify the codes like this: >
5301 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5302 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5303 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5304< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5305 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5306 fallback.
5307
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005308
5309start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5310stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5311 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5312 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5313
5314 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5315 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5316 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5317 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5318 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5319 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5320 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5321
5322 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5323
5324 1. A string with escape sequences.
5325 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5326 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5327 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5328 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5329
5330 2. A list of terminal codes.
5331 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5332 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5333 White space is not allowed. Example:
5334 start=t_C1,t_BL
5335 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5336
5337
53382. highlight arguments for color terminals
5339
5340cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5341 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5342 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5343 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5344 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005345 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5346 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5347 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005348
5349ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5350ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005351ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5352 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5353 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5354
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005355 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5356 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5357 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5358 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5359 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5360 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5361
5362 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5363 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5364 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5365 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5366 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005367 *tmux*
5368 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5369 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005370 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5371 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005372< More info at:
5373 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5374 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005375
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005376 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5377 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5378 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005379 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5380 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5381
5382 *cterm-colors*
5383 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5384 0 0 Black
5385 1 4 DarkBlue
5386 2 2 DarkGreen
5387 3 6 DarkCyan
5388 4 1 DarkRed
5389 5 5 DarkMagenta
5390 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5391 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5392 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5393 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5394 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5395 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5396 12 1* Red, LightRed
5397 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5398 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5399 15 7* White
5400
5401 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5402 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5403 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5404 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5405 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5406 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5407 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5408 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5409 a number instead of a color name.
5410
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005411 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5412 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005413 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005414 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5415 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005416
5417 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5418 colors!
5419
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005420 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5421
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005422 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5423 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5424 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5425 Example: >
5426 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5427< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005428 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5429 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5430 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5431 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5432 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005433 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005434 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005435 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005436
5437 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5438 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5439 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5440 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005441 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5442 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5443 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5444 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5445 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005446 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5447< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005448 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005449 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5450
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005451ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5452 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5453 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5454 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5455 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5456 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5457 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5458 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005459
54603. highlight arguments for the GUI
5461
5462gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5463 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5464 See |attr-list| for a description.
5465 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5466 have the same effect.
5467 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5468
5469font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5470 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5471 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5472 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5473<
5474 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5475 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5476 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5477 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005478 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005479 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5480 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5481 changed.
5482 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5483 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5484 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005485 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5486 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5487 Example: >
5488 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005489
5490guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5491guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005492guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5493 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005494 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5495 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005496 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005497 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005498 bg use normal background color
5499 background use normal background color
5500 fg use normal foreground color
5501 foreground use normal foreground color
5502 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5503 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5504 Example: >
5505 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5506<
5507 *gui-colors*
5508 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5509 Red LightRed DarkRed
5510 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5511 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5512 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5513 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5514 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5515 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5516 Black White
5517 Orange Purple Violet
5518
5519 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5520 |win32-colors|.
5521
5522 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5523 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5524 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005525 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005526 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005527 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005528 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005529<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005530 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005531 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5532 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005533
5534 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5535 # override it.
5536 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5537 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5538<
5539 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5540 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5541 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5542 scheme: >
5543
5544 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5545 colorscheme alt
5546<
5547 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5548 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5549 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5550 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5551 by a color scheme using: >
5552
5553 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5554 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5555<
5556
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005557 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5558These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5559'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5560of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5561command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005562When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5563unreadable use Visual selection.
5564
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005565 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005566ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005567 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005568Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5569 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005570 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005571Cursor Character under the cursor.
5572lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5573 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005574 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005575CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005576 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005577CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005578 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005579CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005580 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005581Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005582 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005583DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005584 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005585DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005586 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005587DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005588 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005589DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005590 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005591EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005592 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005593 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005594ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005595 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005596VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005597 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005598Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005599 *hl-FoldColumn*
5600FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5601 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005602SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005603 *hl-IncSearch*
5604IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005605 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005606 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005607LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005608 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005609 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5610LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5611 option is set, above the cursor line.
5612 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5613LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5614 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005615 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005616CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5617 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005618 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5619CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005620 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5621CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005622 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005623MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005624 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005625 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005626MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5627 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005628 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005629ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005630 *hl-MsgArea*
5631MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5632 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005633 *hl-MoreMsg*
5634MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5635 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005636NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5637 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5638 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5639 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5640 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005641 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005642Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005643 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005644Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005645 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005646PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005647 *hl-PmenuKind*
5648PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5649 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5650PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5651 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5652PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5653 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5654PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005655 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005656PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005657 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5658PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005659 *hl-PopupNotification*
5660PopupNotification
5661 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5662 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005663 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005664Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005665 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5666QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005667 *hl-Search*
5668Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005669 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005670 *hl-CurSearch*
5671CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005672 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5673 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005674 *hl-SpecialKey*
5675SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5676 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005677 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005678 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005679 *hl-SpellBad*
5680SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5681 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005682 *hl-SpellCap*
5683SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5684 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005685 *hl-SpellLocal*
5686SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5687 used in another region. |spell|
5688 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5689 *hl-SpellRare*
5690SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5691 hardly ever used. |spell|
5692 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005693 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005694StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005695 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5696StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005697 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005698 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005699 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005700StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005701 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005702StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5703 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005704 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005705TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005706 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005707TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005708 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005709TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005710 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005711Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005712 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005713Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005714 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005715Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005716 *hl-VisualNOS*
5717VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5718 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5719 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005720WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005721 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005722WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005723
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005724 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005725The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005726statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005727
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005728For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005729scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5730Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5731and guifg.
5732
5733 *hl-Menu*
5734Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5735 Also used for the toolbar.
5736 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5737
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005738 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005739 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5740 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5741 set.
5742
5743 *hl-Scrollbar*
5744Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5745 scrollbars.
5746 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5747
5748 *hl-Tooltip*
5749Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5750 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5751
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005752 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005753 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5754 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5755 set.
5756
5757==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100575815. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005759
5760When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5761can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5762group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5763
5764To set a link:
5765
5766 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5767
5768To remove a link:
5769
5770 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5771
5772Notes: *E414*
5773- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5774 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5775- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5776 removed.
5777- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5778 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5779 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5780 links for groups that already have settings.
5781
5782 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5783The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5784group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5785will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5786
5787Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5788specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5789 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5790If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5791 :highlight link cComment Question
5792Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5793overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5794
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005795To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5796highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5797another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5798"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5799 highlight! default link cComment Question
5800
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005801==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100580216. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005803
5804If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5805command: >
5806 :syntax clear
5807
5808This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5809or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5810in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5811load the syntax file.
5812The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5813loaded after this command.
5814
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005815To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5816 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5817This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5818
5819To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5820 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5821This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5822
5823 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005824If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5825the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5826 :syntax off
5827
5828What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5829 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5830See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5831$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5832
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005833 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5834If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5835defaults back: >
5836
5837 :syntax reset
5838
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005839It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5840affects the highlighting.
5841
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005842This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5843
5844Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5845back to their Vim default.
5846Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5847scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5848
5849What this actually does is: >
5850
5851 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5852 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5853
5854Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5855
5856 *syncolor*
5857If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5858script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5859'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5860the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5861reset" command.
5862
5863For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5864
5865 if &background == "light"
5866 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5867 else
5868 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5869 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005870<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005871 *E679*
5872Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5873'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5874endless loop.
5875
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005876Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5877your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5878depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5879
5880 *syntax_cmd*
5881The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5882syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005883 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005884 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005885 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5886 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5887 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005888 the colors.
5889 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5890 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5891 them.
5892
5893==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100589417. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005895
5896If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5897mappings.
5898
5899 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5900 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5901>
5902 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5903 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5904
5905WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5906memory Vim will consume.
5907
5908Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005909must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5910at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005911
5912Put these lines in your Makefile:
5913
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005914# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005915types: types.vim
5916types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005917 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005918 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5919 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5920
5921And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5922
5923 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005924 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005925 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005926 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005927 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5928
5929==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100593018. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005931
5932Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5933possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5934private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5935with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5936highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5937italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5938
5939To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5940windows on the buffer: >
5941 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005942< *w:current_syntax*
5943This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5944"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5945restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5946"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5947"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005948Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005949
5950Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005951on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005952syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005953same buffer.
5954
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005955A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5956is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5957When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005958
5959==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100596019. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005961
5962Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5963default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5964 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5965 : if has("terminfo")
5966 : set t_Co=8
5967 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5968 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5969 : else
5970 : set t_Co=8
5971 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5972 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5973 : endif
5974 :endif
5975< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5976
5977You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5978e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5979
5980Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5981be wrong.
5982 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5983The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5984But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5985 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5986 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5987<
5988 *colortest.vim*
5989To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005990To use it, execute this command: >
5991 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005992
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005993Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005994output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5995at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5996colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5997
5998 *xfree-xterm*
5999To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006000included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006001at: >
6002 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6003Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6004termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6005supports. >
6006 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6007If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6008(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6009
6010This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6011 :if has("terminfo")
6012 : set t_Co=16
6013 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6014 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6015 :else
6016 : set t_Co=16
6017 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6018 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6019 :endif
6020< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6021
6022Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6023translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6024Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6025
6026For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6027
6028 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6029 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6030
6031Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6032and try if that works.
6033
6034You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6035 XTerm*color0: #000000
6036 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6037 XTerm*color2: #008000
6038 XTerm*color3: #808000
6039 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6040 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6041 XTerm*color6: #008080
6042 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6043 XTerm*color8: #808080
6044 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6045 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6046 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6047 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6048 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6049 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6050 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6051 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6052
6053[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6054cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006055newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006056
6057To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6058Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6059 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6060<
6061 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6062To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6063Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6064these resources:
6065 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6066 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6067 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6068 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6069
6070 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006071These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006072foreground colors: >
6073 :if has("terminfo")
6074 : set t_Co=8
6075 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6076 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6077 :else
6078 : set t_Co=8
6079 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6080 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6081 :endif
6082< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6083
6084 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6085These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6086emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6087bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6088 :set t_Co=16
6089 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6090 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6091<
6092 *TTpro-telnet*
6093These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6094open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6095 set t_Co=16
6096 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6097 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6098Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6099that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6100(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6101
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006102
6103==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100610420. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006105
6106This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6107
6108If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6109faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6110as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6111
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006112Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006113You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6114
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006115To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6116sequence: >
6117 :syntime on
6118 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6119 :syntime report
6120
6121This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6122it took to match them against the text.
6123
6124:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6125 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6126 matching.
6127
6128:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6129
6130:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6131
6132:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6133 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6134 the output.
6135
6136 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6137 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6138 matching this pattern.
6139 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6140 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6141 matched
6142 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6143 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6144 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6145 this is not unique.
6146 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6147
6148Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6149include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6150pattern does NOT match.
6151
6152When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6153all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6154literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6155
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006156"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006157 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006158"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006159
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006160
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006161 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: